Luke 17 — Open Scroll

he said

And

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

disciples

his

impossible

It is

The ASV does not translate this word.

occasions of stumbling

but

that … should come

but

woe unto him

through

whom

they come

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

ΕἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

πρὸςprohs

τοὺςtoos

μαθητὰςmah-thay-TAHS

αὐτοῦow-TOO

Ἀνένδεκτόνah-NEN-deh-ktohn

ἐστινeh-steen

τοῦtoo

τὰtah

σκάνδαλαSKAHN-dah-lah

μὴmay

ἐλθεῖνel-THAYN

πλὴνplayn

οὐαὶoo-AI

διdee

οὗhoo

ἔρχεταιEHR-cheh-tai

The Pieces

ΕἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

πρὸςGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

μαθητὰςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἈνένδεκτόνGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

τὰGreek article

σκάνδαλαGreek noun, neuter

μὴGreek negative particle

ἐλθεῖνGreek verb

πλὴνGreek conjunction

οὐαὶGreek interjection

διGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἔρχεταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

impossibleImpossible, inadmissible.*† ἀν-ένδεκτος, -ον (< ἀ- neg., ἔνδεκτος; < ἐνδέχομαι ), impossible, inadmissible: Lk 17:1.†Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

stumbling blockA snare, stumbling-block, cause for error.† σκάνδαλον, -ου, τό (late form of the rare word σκανδάληθρον, v. LS, s.v.) [in LXX chiefly for מוֹקֵשׁ, מִכְשׁוֹל;] prop., the bait-stick of a trap, a snare, stumbling-block ( Le 19:14, Jth 5:1 ): fig., Ro 9:33, I Pe 2:8 ( Is 8:14; aliter in LXX; στερεὸν σκανδάλου in Aq.). Metaph., of that which causes error or sin; of persons: Mt 13:41 16:23; Χριστὸς ἐσταυρωμένος, I Co 1:23; of things: Mt 18:7, Ro 11:9 (LXX) 14:13, I Jn 2:10 Re 2:14; τὸ σ. τοῦ σταυροῦ, Ga 5:11; pl., Mt 18:7, Lk 17:1, Ro 16:17.† SYN.: πρόσκομμαScroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

but/howeverHowever, nevertheless, but, except that, yet.πλήν, adv., [in LXX for רַק, לְבַד, אַךְ, etc.;] introducing a clause (= ἀλλά, δέ; "it is obvious that πλήν was the regular word in the vulgar language": Bl., § 77, 13), yet, howbeit, only: Mt 11:22, 24 18:7 26:39, 64 (M, Pr., 86), Lk 6:24, 35 10:11, 14, 20 11:41 12:31 13:33 17:1 18:8 19:27 22:21, 22, 42 (WH, mg. om.) 23:28, I Co 11:11, Eph 5:33, Phl 3:16 4:14, Re 2:25; π. ὅτι (Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Ac 20:23, Phl 1:18. As prep., c. gen., except, save (cl.): Mk 12:32, Jo 8:10, Ac 8:1 15:28 27:22.†Scroll for more

woe!Woe!, alas!, uttered in grief or denunciation.† οὐαί, interj. of grief or denunciation, [in LXX for הוֹי, אוֹי etc.;] alas! woe! most freq. c. dat. pers.. Mt 11:21 23:14, Mk 13:17 14:21, Lk 6:24-26, Ju 11, al.; c. vocat. (nom.), Re 18:10, 16, 19 (cf. Is 1:24, al.); c. acc., Re 12:12, seq. ἐκ, 8:13; c. dat. seq. ἀπό (v. M, Pr., 246), Mt 18:7. As subst., I Co 9:16 (cf. Je 6:4 ); ἡ οὐ., Re 9:12 11:14; pl., Re 9:12; οὐ., οὐ., οὐ., Re 8:13.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

It were well

for him

if

a millstone

were hanged

about

The ASV does not translate this word.

neck

his

and

he were thrown

into

the

sea

rather than

that

he should cause … to stumble

of … ones

little

these

one

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

λυσιτελεῖloo-see-teh-LAY

αὐτῷow-TOH

εἰay

λίθοςLEE-thohs

μυλικὸςmoo-lee-KOHS

περίκειταιpeh-REE-kay-tai

περὶpeh-REE

τὸνtohn

τράχηλονTRAH-chay-lohn

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καὶkai

ἔρριπταιEH-ree-ptai

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

θάλασσανTHAH-lah-sahn

ἢay

ἵναHEE-nah

σκανδαλίσῃskahn-dah-LEE-say

τῶνtohn

μικρῶνmee-KROHN

τούτωνTOO-tohn

ἕναHEH-nah

The Pieces

λυσιτελεῖGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

εἰGreek conditional

λίθοςGreek noun, masculine

μυλικὸςGreek adjective

περίκειταιGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

τράχηλονGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔρριπταιGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

θάλασσανGreek noun, feminine

ἢGreek conjunction

ἵναGreek conjunction

σκανδαλίσῃGreek verb

τῶνGreek article

μικρῶνGreek adjective

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἕναGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to profitIt is advantageous to, it profits.** λυσιτελέω, -ῶ (< λυσιτελής, useful, prop., τὰ τέλη λύων ), [in LXX: To 3:6, Si 20:10, 14 29:11 *;] prop., to indemnify, pay expenses. to be useful, to profit; usually impers., λυσιτελεῖ, it profits: c, dat. pers., seq. εἰ... ἤ, Lk 17:2.†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

stoneA stone; met: of Jesus as the chief stone in a building.λίθος, -ου, ὁ (and, in Att., of precious stones, ἡ. ), [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Ge 11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Ps 18 (19):10 20 (21):3, Pr 8:19, al.;] a stone: Mt 4:6, al.; pl., Mt 3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mt 27:60, 66 28:2, Mk 15:46 16:3, 4, Lk 24:2, Jo 11:38, 39, 41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Lk 17:2, cf. Re 18:21; of building stones, Mt 21:42, [ 44 ] 24:2, Mk 12:10 13:1, 2, Lk 19:44 20:17, 18 21:5, 6 Ac 4:11, I Pe 2:7; metaph., of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, I Pe 2:4; προσκόμματος, I Pe 2:8, Ro 9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, I Pe 2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Re 4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Re 15:6 ( λίνον, Rec., R, mg., v. Swete, in l.); metaph., λ. τίμιοι, I Co 3:12; of the tables of the law, II Co 3:7; of idols, Ac 17:29.Scroll for more

millstoneBelonging to a mill.*† μυλικός, -ή, -όν (< μύλη, a mill ), of a mill: λίθος μ., Lk 17:2.†Scroll for more

to surroundI lie about, surround; I am encompassed, surrounded, or clothed with, am in submission to.** περί-κειμαι, [in LXX: Ep. Je 24, 58, IV Mac 12:3 *;] to lie round about: μύλος, λίθος (RV, were hanged about ), Mk 9:42, Lk 17:2; νεφος μαρτύρων, He 12:1. to have around one, be clothed with: Ac 28:20; fig., ἀσθένειαν, He 5:2.†Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

neckThe neck.τράχηλος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for צַוַּאר, also for עֹרֶף, etc.;] the neck: Mt 18:6, Mk 9:42, Lk 17:2; ἐπιπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν τ., to embrace ( Ge 46:29 ), Lk 15:20, Ac 20:37. Metaph., ὑποθεῖναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τ. (for similar phrase in π., v. Zorell, s.v.), Ro 16:4; ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τ., Ac 15:10.†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to throw/lay downI throw, cast, toss, set down; pass: I am dispersed.ῥίπτω and ( Ac 22:23 ) ῥιπτέω (strengthened form; v. Veitch, s.v. ῥίπτω, fin.), [in LXX chiefly for שׁלךְ hi.;] to throw, cast, hurl: c. acc. rei, Mt 27:5, Ac 27:19, 29; c. acc. pers., Mt 15:30, Lk 4:35; pass., Lk 17:2; ptcp., ἐριμμένοι, cast down, prostrate (Polyb., al.): Mt 9:36; of garments, to throw off (for flight, Eur., Xen., al.; ὅπλα, I Mac 5:43; so EV in Ac 22:23, but v. infr.). = ῥιπτάζω, to shake, toss, throw about: τ. ἱμάτια, Ac 22:23 ( EGT, Page, Rackham, in l.; Field, Notes, 136; but v. supr.).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

sea(a) the sea, in contrast to the land, (b) a particular sea or lake, e.g. the sea of Galilee (Tiberias), the Red Sea.θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָם;] the sea: Mt 23:15, Mk 11:23, Lk 21:25, Ro 9:27, He 11:12, Ja 1:6, Ju 13, Re 7:1, al.; τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θ. (v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt 18:6; ὁ οὐρανὸς κ. ἡ γῆ κ. ἡ θ., of the whole world, Ac 4:24, al. ( Ha 2:7 ); θ. ὑαλίνη, Re 4:6 15:2; of the Mediterranean, Ac 10:6, 32 17:14; of the Red Sea, ἐρυθρὰ θ., Ac 7:36, I Co 10:1, 2, He 11:29; of an inland lake (as Heb. יָם ), θ. τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mt 4:18 15:29, Mk 1:16 7:31; τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jo 21:1; τ. Γ. τ. T., Jo 6:1; of the same, simply ἡ θ., Mt 4:15, Mk 2:13, al. SYN.: πέλαγος, the vast expanse of open water"; θ., "the sea as contrasted with the land" (Tr., Syn., xiii).Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

to cause to stumbleI cause to stumble, cause to sin, cause to become indignant, shock, offend.† σκανδαλίζω (< σκάνδαλον ), [in LXX: Da LXX 11:41 ( כּשׁל ni.), Si 9:5 35 (32):15 ( יקשׁ ho.) ib. 23:8 (also in Aq., Sm., Th., and in Ps Sol 16:7; not elsewhere, except NT and eccl.)*;] prop., to put a snare or stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaph. of that which hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:29, 30 17:27 18:6, 8, 9 Mk 9:42, 43, 45, 47 Lk 17:2, Jo 6:61, I Co 8:13. Pass., to be made to stumble, to stumble: Mt 11:6 13:21, 57 15:12 24:10 26:31, 33, Mk 4:17 6:3 14:27, 29, Lk 7:23, Jo 16:1, Ro 14:21 (WH, R, txt., om.), II Co 11:29,†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

smallLittle, small.μικρός, -ά, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for קָטֹן, מְעָט;] small, little; of persons; lit., of stature: Mk 15:40 (MM, iii, xvi; on the view that age is meant, v. Deiss., BS, 144), Lk 19:3; οἱ μ., the little ones, Mt 18:6, 10, 14, Mk 9:42; hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.): Mt 10:42, Lk 17:2, Ac 8:10 26:22, He 8:11 (LXX), Re 11:18 13:16 19:5, 18 20:12; compar., -ότερος, Mt 11:11, Lk 7:28 9:48. Of things; of size: Mt 13:32, Mk 4:31, Ja 3:5; of quantity: Lk 12:32, I Co 5:6, Ga 5:9, Re 3:8; of time: Jo 7:33 12:35, Re 6:11 20:3. Neut., μικρόν, used adverbially; of distance: Mt 26:39, Mk 14:35; of quantity: II Co 11:1, 16; of time: Jo 13:33 14:19 16:16-19, He 10:37; μετὰ μ., Mt 26:73, Mk 14:70.†Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

Take heed

to yourselves

if

sin

The ASV does not translate this word.

brother

thy

rebuke

him

and

if

he repent

forgive

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

προσέχετεproh-SEH-cheh-teh

ἑαυτοῖςheh-ow-TOYS

ἐὰνeh-AHN

ἁμάρτῃhah-MAHR-tay

ὁhoh

ἀδελφόςah-del-FOHS

σουsoo

ἐπιτίμησονeh-pee-TEE-may-sohn

αὐτῷow-TOH

καὶkai

ἐὰνeh-AHN

μετανοήσῃmeh-tah-noh-AY-say

ἄφεςAH-fes

αὐτῷow-TOH

The Pieces

προσέχετεGreek verb

ἑαυτοῖςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἐὰνGreek conditional

ἁμάρτῃGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἀδελφόςGreek noun, masculine

σουGreek pronoun

ἐπιτίμησονGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐὰνGreek conditional

μετανοήσῃGreek verb

ἄφεςGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to watch out(a) I attend to, pay attention to, (b) I beware, am cautious, (c) I join, devote myself to.προσ-έχω, [in LXX for קשׁב hi., שׁמר ni., etc.;] to turn to, bring to (freq. ναῦν, expressed or understood, to bring to port, land; Hdt., al.). τ. νοῦν, seq. dat., to turn one's mind to, attend to; in Xen. and later writers with νοῦν omitted (Bl., § 53, 1; 81, 1): Ac 8:6 16:14, He 2:1, II Pe 1:19; in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 20:28; π. ἑαυτῷ, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157; cf. Ge 24:6, Ex 10:28, al.): Lk 17:3 21:34, Ac 5:35; id. seq. ἀπό (M, Pr., 102; Bl., § 34, 1 1; 40, 3; v.s. βλέπω ), Lk 12:1; (without dat.) Mt 7:15 10:17 16:6, 11, 12, Lk 20:46 (cf. Si 6:13, al.); seq. μή, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193; Bl., § 69, 4), Mt 6:1. to attach or devote oneself to: c. dat. pers., Ac 8:10, 11, I Ti 4:1; c. dat. rei, I Ti 1:4 3:8 4:13 6:3 T ( -ερχ-, WH, R), Tit 1:14, He 7:13.†Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

to sinOriginally: I miss the mark, hence (a) I make a mistake, (b) I sin, commit a sin (against God); sometimes the idea of sinning against a fellow-creature is present.ἁμαρτάνω (pres. formed from aor. ἁμαρτεῖν ), [in LXX for חטא, also for אשׁם, רשׁע, etc.;] to miss the mark (Hom., Æsch., al.), hence metaph. (Hom., al.), to err, do wrong. In LXX and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): absol., Mt 18:25 27:4, Lk 17:3, Jo 5:14 8:11 9:2, 3, Ro 2:12 3:23 5:12, 14 5:16 6:15, I Co 7:28 7:36 15:34, Eph 4:26, I Ti 5:20, Tit 3:11, He 3:17 10:26, I Pe 2:20, II Pe 2:4 2:4 I Jn 1:10 Jn 2:1 Jn 3:6-9 Jn 5:18; c. cogn. acc., ἁ. ἁμαρτίαν (cf. Ex 32:30, חֲטָאָה חָטָא ), I Jn 5:16; seq. εἰς, Mt 18:21, Lk 15:18, 21 17:4, Ac 25:8 ( καίσαρα ). I Co 6:18 8:12 (Field, Notes, 173); ἐνώπιον, Lk 15:18, 21; πρὸς θάνατον (cf. Nu 18:22, חֵטְא לָמוּת ), I Jn 5:16 (Cremer, 98, 633).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to rebuke(a) I rebuke, chide, admonish, (b) I warn.ἐπι-τιμάω, -ῶ [in LXX for גָּעַר, Ge 37:10, Ps 9:5, Za 3:3(2); Si 11:7, al.;] to honour. to raise in price to mete out due measure; to award; to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., II Ti 4:2; c. dat., Mt 8:26 17:13 19:13, Mk 4:39 8:32 10:13, Lk 4:39, 41 8:24 9:21, 42, 55 17:3 18:15 19:39, Ju 9; seq. ἵνα, Mt 12:16 16:20 20:31, Mk 3:12 8:30 10:48, Lk 18:39; seq. λέγων, λέγει, etc., Mt 16:22, Mk 1:25 8:33 9:25, Lk 4:35 23:40.† SYN.: ἐλέγχω, q.vScroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

to repentI repent, change my mind, change the inner man (particularly with reference to acceptance of the will of God), repent.μετα-νοέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נחם ni., I Ki 15:29, Je 4:28, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent; in NT (exc. Lk 17:3, 4 ), of repentance from sin, involving amendment: seq. ἀπό, Ac 8:22; ἔκ, Re 2:21, 22 9:20, 21 16:11 ( מִן שׁוּב ); ἐπί, II Co 12:21; absol., Mt 3:2 4:17 11:20 12:41, Mk 1:15 6:12, Lk 11:32 13:3, 5 15:7, 10 16:30 17:3, 4, Ac 2:38 3:19 17:30 26:20 Re 2:5, 16, 21 3:3, 19; c. inf., Re 16:9; ἐν σάκκῳ κ. σποδῷ, Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13.† SYN.: μεταμέλομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

to release: leave(a) I send away, (b) I let go, release, permit to depart, (c) I remit, forgive, (d) I permit, suffer.ἀφ-ίημι, [in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc.;] to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce ( DB, iii, 274 a ), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), I Co 7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα ( Ge 35:18, Hdt., al.), Mt 27:50; ( φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mk 15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mt 18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mt 18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296 f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mt 9:2, Ro 4:7 (LXX), I Jo 1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2:5, Lk 11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5:23. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mt 4:11 5:24 15:14, Mk 1:20, 31, Jo 4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mk 7:8; τὸν τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, He 6:1; τ. ὀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Re 2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 13:36 22:22, Mk 8:13, al. to let, suffer, permit: Mt 3:15; c. acc., Mt 3:15, 19:14, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5:40; c. inf. pres., Mt 23:14, al.; aor., Mk 5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.), seq. ἵνα, Mk 11:16, Jo 12:7; c. subjunct. (M, Pr., 175 f.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 7:4 27:49, Mk 15:36, Lk 6:42 (see further MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

And

if

seven times

in the

day

he sin

against

thee

and

seven times

turn again

to

thee

saying

I repent

thou shalt forgive

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

καὶkai

ἐὰνeh-AHN

ἑπτάκιςheh-PTAH-kees

τῆςtays

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἁμαρτήσῃhah-mahr-TAY-say

εἰςays

σὲseh

καὶkai

ἑπτάκιςheh-PTAH-kees

ἐπιστρέψῃeh-pee-STREH-psay

πρὸςprohs

σὲseh

λέγωνLEH-gohn

Μετανοῶmeh-tah-noh-OH

ἀφήσειςah-FAY-says

αὐτῷow-TOH

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐὰνGreek conditional

ἑπτάκιςGreek adverb

τῆςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἁμαρτήσῃGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

σὲGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἑπτάκιςGreek adverb

ἐπιστρέψῃGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

σὲGreek pronoun

λέγωνGreek verb

ΜετανοῶGreek verb

ἀφήσειςGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

seven timesSeven times.ἐπτάκις adv., seven times: Mt 18:21, 22, Lk 17:4.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

to sinOriginally: I miss the mark, hence (a) I make a mistake, (b) I sin, commit a sin (against God); sometimes the idea of sinning against a fellow-creature is present.ἁμαρτάνω (pres. formed from aor. ἁμαρτεῖν ), [in LXX for חטא, also for אשׁם, רשׁע, etc.;] to miss the mark (Hom., Æsch., al.), hence metaph. (Hom., al.), to err, do wrong. In LXX and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): absol., Mt 18:25 27:4, Lk 17:3, Jo 5:14 8:11 9:2, 3, Ro 2:12 3:23 5:12, 14 5:16 6:15, I Co 7:28 7:36 15:34, Eph 4:26, I Ti 5:20, Tit 3:11, He 3:17 10:26, I Pe 2:20, II Pe 2:4 2:4 I Jn 1:10 Jn 2:1 Jn 3:6-9 Jn 5:18; c. cogn. acc., ἁ. ἁμαρτίαν (cf. Ex 32:30, חֲטָאָה חָטָא ), I Jn 5:16; seq. εἰς, Mt 18:21, Lk 15:18, 21 17:4, Ac 25:8 ( καίσαρα ). I Co 6:18 8:12 (Field, Notes, 173); ἐνώπιον, Lk 15:18, 21; πρὸς θάνατον (cf. Nu 18:22, חֵטְא לָמוּת ), I Jn 5:16 (Cremer, 98, 633).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

seven timesSeven times.ἐπτάκις adv., seven times: Mt 18:21, 22, Lk 17:4.†Scroll for more

to turn(a) trans: I turn (back) to (towards), (b) intrans: I turn (back) (to [towards]); I come to myself.ἐπι-στρέφω [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for שׁוּב, in its various senses, also for פָּנָה, etc.;] trans., to turn about, round or towards, hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Lk 1:16, 17 (cf. Ma 3:24 ), Ja 5:19, 20. Intrans., to turn, turn oneself around: Ac 16:18; c. inf., Re 1:12; seq. πρός, Ac 9:40; so also pass. (cl.), Mk 5:30 8:33, Jo 21:20; metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes, 246 ff.), ἐπὶ τ. κύριον ( θεόν ), Ac 9:35 11:21 14:15 15:19 26:20; πρὸς τ. θεόν, I Th 1:9, II Co 3:16; ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, Ac 26:18; pass., I Pe 2:25; to return (as in MGr.): Lk 8:55, Ac 15:36; seq. ὀπίσω, c. inf., Mt 24:18; seq. εἰς, Mt 12:44, Mk 13:16, Lk 2:39 17:31; ἐπί, II Pe 2:22; metaph., seq. ἐπί, Ga 4:9; πρός, Lk 17:4; of moral reform, Mt 13:15, Mk 4:12, Lk 22:32, Ac 3:19 28:27; pass., Mt 10:13 (Cremer, 531, 881).†Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to repentI repent, change my mind, change the inner man (particularly with reference to acceptance of the will of God), repent.μετα-νοέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נחם ni., I Ki 15:29, Je 4:28, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent; in NT (exc. Lk 17:3, 4 ), of repentance from sin, involving amendment: seq. ἀπό, Ac 8:22; ἔκ, Re 2:21, 22 9:20, 21 16:11 ( מִן שׁוּב ); ἐπί, II Co 12:21; absol., Mt 3:2 4:17 11:20 12:41, Mk 1:15 6:12, Lk 11:32 13:3, 5 15:7, 10 16:30 17:3, 4, Ac 2:38 3:19 17:30 26:20 Re 2:5, 16, 21 3:3, 19; c. inf., Re 16:9; ἐν σάκκῳ κ. σποδῷ, Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13.† SYN.: μεταμέλομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

to release: leave(a) I send away, (b) I let go, release, permit to depart, (c) I remit, forgive, (d) I permit, suffer.ἀφ-ίημι, [in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc.;] to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce ( DB, iii, 274 a ), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), I Co 7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα ( Ge 35:18, Hdt., al.), Mt 27:50; ( φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mk 15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mt 18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mt 18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296 f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mt 9:2, Ro 4:7 (LXX), I Jo 1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2:5, Lk 11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5:23. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mt 4:11 5:24 15:14, Mk 1:20, 31, Jo 4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mk 7:8; τὸν τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, He 6:1; τ. ὀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Re 2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 13:36 22:22, Mk 8:13, al. to let, suffer, permit: Mt 3:15; c. acc., Mt 3:15, 19:14, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5:40; c. inf. pres., Mt 23:14, al.; aor., Mk 5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.), seq. ἵνα, Mk 11:16, Jo 12:7; c. subjunct. (M, Pr., 175 f.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 7:4 27:49, Mk 15:36, Lk 6:42 (see further MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

And

said

the

apostles

unto the

Lord

Increase

our

faith

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Καὶkai

εἶπανAY-pahn

οἱhoy

ἀπόστολοιah-POH-stoh-loy

τῷtoh

κυρίῳkoo-REE-oh

ΠρόσθεςPROH-sthes

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

πίστινPEE-steen

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

εἶπανGreek verb

οἱGreek article

ἀπόστολοιGreek noun, masculine

τῷGreek article

κυρίῳGreek noun, masculine

ΠρόσθεςGreek verb

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

πίστινGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

apostleA messenger, envoy, delegate, one commissioned by another to represent him in some way, especially a man sent out by Jesus Christ Himself to preach the Gospel; an apostle.ἀπόστολος, -ου, ὁ (< ἀποστέλλω ), [in LXX; III Ki 14:6 A ( שְׁלִיחַ )*;] a fleet, an expedition (Dem.). a messenger, one sent on a mission (Hdt., LXX, III Ki 14:6, and π.; v. M, Pr., 37 f.; MM, s.v.; M, Th., i, 2:7 and reff.): Jo 13:16, II Co 8:23, Phl 2:25. In NT, an Apostle of Christ with special ref. to the Twelve: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:14, Lk 11:49, Eph 3:5, Re 18:20, al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1:1, 11 ff, I Ti 2:7, a1.; in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14:14, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, I Th 2:6, and perhaps Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Ro 16:7 (v. ICC, in l.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship: II Co 11:5, 13, Re 2:2. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126; DCG, i, 105; Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.)Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

to add toI place (put) to, add; I do again.προσ-τίθημι, [in LXX chiefly for יסף hi., also for אסף ni., etc.;] to put to. to add, join to, give in addition: c. acc. seq. ἐπί, Mt 6:27, Lk 3:20 12:25; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, Ac 2:47; c. acc. et dat., Lk 17:5, He 12:19 (v. MM, xxi); pass., absol., Ac 2:41, Ga 3:19; c. dat., Mt 6:33, Mk 4:24, Lk 12:31, Ac 5:14 11:24; προσετέθη πρὸς τ. πατέρας (cf. Ge 26:8, Jg 2:10, al.), Ac 13:36; c. inf., of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following verb, as in Heb. idiom ( Ge 4:2 8:12, al.; cf. WM, § 54, 5; Lft. on Clem., I Co., xii; but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233; Deiss., BS, 67 1; MM, xxi), Lk 20:11, Ac 12:3; similarly ptcp., προσθείς, c. indic. ( Ge 38:5, al.), Lk 19:11.†Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

faithFaith, belief, trust, confidence; fidelity, faithfulness.πίστις, -εως, ἡ (< πείθω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה;] in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8:10, Lk 5:20, Ac 14:9, Ro 1:8, I Co 2:5, II Co 1:24, I Ti 1:5, al.; c. gen. obj., Mk 11:22, Ac 3:16, Ro 3:22, Ga 2:16, Eph 3:12, Ja 2:1, al.; c. prep., ἐν, Ro 3:25, Ga 3:26, Eph 1:15, Col 1:24, I Ti 1:14 3:13, II Ti 1:13 3:15, II Pe 1:1; εἰς, Ac 20:21 24:24 26:18, Col 2:5, I Pe 1:21; πρός, I Th 1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, c. acc., He 6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Co 16:13, I Co 13:5, I Ti 2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Ro 1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Ro 3:26 4:16, Ga 3:12; διὰ ( τῆς ) π., Ro 3:30, Ga 2:16, Phl 3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 6:7 14:22, Ga 1:23 3:23 6:10, Phl 1:25, 27, Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Ac 13:8 16:5, Ro 1:5 and 16:26 (v. supr.), I Co 16:13, Col 1:23, II Th 3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), I Ti 1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, II Ti 3:8 4:7, Tit 1:4, 13 3:15, I Pe 5:9. In passive sense, fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23:23, Ga 5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 3:3; objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: I Ti 5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICC on Ro 1:17, pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.)Scroll for more

said

And

the

Lord

If

ye had

faith

as

a grain

of mustard seed

ye … say

would

The ASV does not translate this word.

unto … sycamine tree

this

Be thou rooted up

and

be thou planted

in

the

sea

and

it … obey

would

you

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

εἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

Εἰay

ἔχετεEH-cheh-teh

πίστινPEE-steen

ὡςhohs

κόκκονKOH-kohn

σινάπεωςsee-NAH-peh-ohs

ἐλέγετεeh-LEH-geh-teh

ἂνahn

τῇtay

συκαμίνῳsoo-kah-MEE-noh

ταύτῃTOW-tay

Ἐκριζώθητιeh-kree-ZOH-thay-tee

καὶkai

φυτεύθητιfoo-TYOO-thay-tee

ἐνen

τῇtay

θαλάσσῃthah-LAH-say

καὶkai

ὑπήκουσενhoo-PAY-koo-sen

ἂνahn

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

ΕἰGreek conditional

ἔχετεGreek verb

πίστινGreek noun, feminine

ὡςGreek preposition

κόκκονGreek noun, masculine

σινάπεωςGreek noun, neuter

ἐλέγετεGreek verb

ἂνGreek conditional

τῇGreek article

συκαμίνῳGreek noun, feminine

ταύτῃGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἘκριζώθητιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

φυτεύθητιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

θαλάσσῃGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ὑπήκουσενGreek verb

ἂνGreek conditional

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

faithFaith, belief, trust, confidence; fidelity, faithfulness.πίστις, -εως, ἡ (< πείθω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה;] in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8:10, Lk 5:20, Ac 14:9, Ro 1:8, I Co 2:5, II Co 1:24, I Ti 1:5, al.; c. gen. obj., Mk 11:22, Ac 3:16, Ro 3:22, Ga 2:16, Eph 3:12, Ja 2:1, al.; c. prep., ἐν, Ro 3:25, Ga 3:26, Eph 1:15, Col 1:24, I Ti 1:14 3:13, II Ti 1:13 3:15, II Pe 1:1; εἰς, Ac 20:21 24:24 26:18, Col 2:5, I Pe 1:21; πρός, I Th 1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, c. acc., He 6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Co 16:13, I Co 13:5, I Ti 2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Ro 1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Ro 3:26 4:16, Ga 3:12; διὰ ( τῆς ) π., Ro 3:30, Ga 2:16, Phl 3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 6:7 14:22, Ga 1:23 3:23 6:10, Phl 1:25, 27, Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Ac 13:8 16:5, Ro 1:5 and 16:26 (v. supr.), I Co 16:13, Col 1:23, II Th 3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), I Ti 1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, II Ti 3:8 4:7, Tit 1:4, 13 3:15, I Pe 5:9. In passive sense, fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23:23, Ga 5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 3:3; objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: I Ti 5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICC on Ro 1:17, pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.)Scroll for more

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

seedA kernel, grain, seed.κόκκος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX: La 4:5 B א R ( תּוֹלָע ), Si 45:11 *;] a grain: Mt 13:31 17:20, Mk 4:31, Lk 13:19 17:6, Jo 12:24, I Co 15:37.†Scroll for more

mustardMustard (probably the shrub, not the herb).† σίναπι, -εως, τό (prob. Egyptian), = Attic τὸ νᾶπυ mustard: Mt 13:31 17:20, Mk 4:31, Lk 13:19 17:6.†Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

ifAn untranslatable word (under the circumstances, in that case, anyhow), the general effect of which is to make a statement contingent, which would otherwise be definite: it is thus regularly used with the subjunctive mood.ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, s.v.). In apodosis, c. indic, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if ( εἰ c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7:39 17:6, Jo 5:46, Ga 1:10, Mt 12:7 24:43, I Co 2:8, Ac 18:14, I Jo 2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mt 25:27, Lk 19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jo 8:39 15:24 19:11, Ro 7:7, Ga 4:15; c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; as in cl., c. subj., in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, q.v.; in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; v.s. ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; c. pres., ἡνίκα, II Co 3:15; ὃς ἄν, Ro 9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Lk 9:5; ὡς ἄν, Ro 15:24 (M, Pr., 167); c. aor., ὃς ἄν, Mt 5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mt 2:13, Mk 6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. On the freq. use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, v.s. ἐάν; in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: ὅταν (q.v.); ὅπου ἄν, Mk 6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Ac 2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, I Co 12:2. in iterative construction, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 2:45 4:35, I Co 12:2. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Ac 8:31 26:29. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), I Co 7:5; ὡς ἄν, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), II Co 10:9.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

mulberry treeA sycamore tree, black mulberry tree.συκάμινος, -ου, ἡ [in LXX for שִׁקְמָה (pl.);] the mulberry tree (Lat. morus; cf. μόρον, I Mac 6:34 *), the sycamine: Lk 17:6. (In LXX, σ. appears to represent the συκόμορος (v.s. συκομορέα ), but St. Luke distinguishes between the two; v. ICC, in l.; DB, iv, 634.) †Scroll for more

her

to uprootI root out, pluck up by the roots.† ἐκ-ριζόω, -ῶ [in LXX: Jg 5:14 ( שֶׁרֶשׁ ), Je 1:10 ( נָתַשׁ ), Ze 2:4 ( גָּרַשׁ A, עָקַר BS), Da TH 7:8 ( עָקַר ), Da LXX 4:11, 23, Wi 4:4, Si 3:9 49:7, I Mac 5:51, II Mac 12:7 *;] to root out, pluck up by the roots: c. acc rei, Mt 13:29 15:13 Lk 17:6, Ju 12.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to plantI plant, set.φυτεύω (< φυτόν, a plant, < φύω ), [in LXX chiefly for נטע, also for שׁתל, etc.;] to plant: Lk 17:28, I Co 3:6-8; c. acc., φυτείαν, Mt 15:13; ἀμπελῶνα, Mt 21:33, Mk 12:1, Lk 20:9, I Co 9:7; pass., seq. ἐν, Lk 13:6 17:6.†Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

sea(a) the sea, in contrast to the land, (b) a particular sea or lake, e.g. the sea of Galilee (Tiberias), the Red Sea.θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָם;] the sea: Mt 23:15, Mk 11:23, Lk 21:25, Ro 9:27, He 11:12, Ja 1:6, Ju 13, Re 7:1, al.; τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θ. (v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt 18:6; ὁ οὐρανὸς κ. ἡ γῆ κ. ἡ θ., of the whole world, Ac 4:24, al. ( Ha 2:7 ); θ. ὑαλίνη, Re 4:6 15:2; of the Mediterranean, Ac 10:6, 32 17:14; of the Red Sea, ἐρυθρὰ θ., Ac 7:36, I Co 10:1, 2, He 11:29; of an inland lake (as Heb. יָם ), θ. τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mt 4:18 15:29, Mk 1:16 7:31; τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jo 21:1; τ. Γ. τ. T., Jo 6:1; of the same, simply ἡ θ., Mt 4:15, Mk 2:13, al. SYN.: πέλαγος, the vast expanse of open water"; θ., "the sea as contrasted with the land" (Tr., Syn., xiii).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to obeyI listen, hearken to, obey, answer.ὑπακούω [in LXX: chiefly for שָׁמַע;] vto listen, attend, hence, to answer a knock at a door (Plat., Xen., al.): Ac 12:13; to attend to, submit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc., al.): absol., Phl 2:12; c. inf., He 11:8; c. dat. pers. (Plat., al.; but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 8:27, Mk 1:27 4:41, Lk 8:25 17:6, Ro 6:16, Eph 6:1, 5, Col 3:20, 22, He 5:9, I Pe 3:6; c. dat. rei, Ac 6:7, Ro 6:12 10:16, II Th 1:8 3:14; seq. εἰς (by attraction, for dat.; v. ICC, in l.), Ro 6:17.†Scroll for more

ifAn untranslatable word (under the circumstances, in that case, anyhow), the general effect of which is to make a statement contingent, which would otherwise be definite: it is thus regularly used with the subjunctive mood.ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, s.v.). In apodosis, c. indic, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if ( εἰ c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7:39 17:6, Jo 5:46, Ga 1:10, Mt 12:7 24:43, I Co 2:8, Ac 18:14, I Jo 2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mt 25:27, Lk 19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jo 8:39 15:24 19:11, Ro 7:7, Ga 4:15; c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; as in cl., c. subj., in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, q.v.; in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; v.s. ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; c. pres., ἡνίκα, II Co 3:15; ὃς ἄν, Ro 9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Lk 9:5; ὡς ἄν, Ro 15:24 (M, Pr., 167); c. aor., ὃς ἄν, Mt 5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mt 2:13, Mk 6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. On the freq. use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, v.s. ἐάν; in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: ὅταν (q.v.); ὅπου ἄν, Mk 6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Ac 2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, I Co 12:2. in iterative construction, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 2:45 4:35, I Co 12:2. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Ac 8:31 26:29. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), I Co 7:5; ὡς ἄν, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), II Co 10:9.Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

who is there

But

of

you

a servant

having

plowing

or

keeping sheep

that

when he is come in

from

the

field

will say

unto him

straightway

Come

and sit down to meat

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Τίςtees

δὲdeh

ἐξeks

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

δοῦλονDOO-lohn

ἔχωνEH-chohn

ἀροτριῶνταah-roh-tree-OHN-tah

ἢay

ποιμαίνονταpoy-MAI-nohn-tah

ὃςhohs

εἰσελθόντιay-sel-THOHN-tee

ἐκek

τοῦtoo

ἀγροῦah-GROO

ἐρεῖeh-RAY

αὐτῷow-TOH

Εὐθέωςyoo-THEH-ohs

παρελθὼνpah-rel-THOHN

ἀνάπεσεah-NAH-peh-seh

The Pieces

ΤίςGreek interrogative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐξGreek preposition

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

δοῦλονGreek noun

ἔχωνGreek verb

ἀροτριῶνταGreek verb

ἢGreek conjunction

ποιμαίνονταGreek verb

ὃςGreek relative pronoun

εἰσελθόντιGreek verb

ἐκGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἀγροῦ

ἐρεῖGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ΕὐθέωςGreek adverb

παρελθὼνGreek verb

ἀνάπεσεGreek verb

What It Can Mean

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

slave(a) (as adj.) enslaved, (b) (as noun) a (male) slave.δοῦλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ἡ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה,אָמָה;] in bondage to, subject to: Ro 6:19. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave; fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Lk 1:38, 48, Ac 2:18 (LXX); masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bondman: Mt 8:9 18:23, al.; opp. to ἐλεύθερος, I Co 7:22 12:13, Ga 3:28, Eph 6:8, Col 3:11, Re 6:15 13:16 19:18; opp. to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 10:24 13:27, 28, Lk 12:46, Jo 15:15, Eph 6:5, Col 3:22 4:1, al.; metaph., δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Ro 1:1, I Co 7:22, Ga 1:10, Eph 6:6, Phl 1:1, Col 4:12, Ja 1:1, II Pe 1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Ac 16:17, II Ti 2:24, Tit 1:1, I Pe 2:16, Re 7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mt 18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Lk 17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jo 8:34, Ro 6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, II Pe 2:19. SYN.: διάκονος (q.v.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (v. DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702).Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

to plowI plow.† ἀροτριάω, -ῶ (< ἄροτρον ), [in LXX: De 22:10, al. ( חרשׁ ), Is 7:25 ( עדר );] later form of ἀρόω, to plough (MM, s.v.): Lk 17:7, I Co 9:10.†Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

to shepherdI shepherd, tend, herd; hence: I rule, govern.ποιμαίνω (< ποιμήν ), [in LXX chiefly for רעה;] to act as shepherd, tend flocks: Lk 17:7; c. acc., ποίμνην, I Co 9:7. Metaph., to tend, shepherd, govern: c. acc., Mt 2:6 (LXX), Jo 21:16, Ac 20:28, I Pe 5:2, Ju 12, Re 2:27 7:17 12:5 19:15.† SYN.: βόσκω, q.v.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

See the dictionary entry below.A field, especially as bearing a crop; the country, lands, property in land, a country estate.ἀγρός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׂדֶה ]; a field: Mt 6:28, al. the country: Mk 15:21, al.; pl., country places, farms: Mk 5:14 6:36 56, Lk 8:34 9:12. = χωρίον a piece of ground: Mk 10:29, Ac 4:27, al. (On the occurrence of this word as compared with χώρα, χωρίον v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

immediatelyImmediately, soon, at once.εὐθέως adv. (< εὐθύς ), [in LXX: Jb 5:3 ( פִּתְאֹם ), Wi 5:12, I Mac 11:12, al.;] straightway, at once, directly: Ga 1:16, Ja 1:24, III Jn 14 (cf. Dalman, Words, 28 f.), Re 4:2, and freq. in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk, εὐθύς ), q.v.)Scroll for more

to pass byI pass by, pass away, pass out of sight; I am rendered void, become vain, neglect, disregard.παρ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for עבר;] to pass, pass by; of persons: absol., Lk 18:37; c. acc. pers., Mk 6:48; c. acc. lot., Ac 16:8; seq. διά, c. gen., Mt 8:28; of things: τ. ποτήριον, Mt 26:39 ( ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ ), Mt 26:42; of time, Mt 14:15, Mk 14:35, Ac 27:9, I Pe 4:3. Metaph., to pass away, perish: Mt 5:18 24:34, 35, Mk 13:30, 31, Lk 16:17 21:32, 33, II Co 5:17, Ja 1:10, II Pe 3:10; to pass by, neglect, disregard: c. acc. rei, Lk 11:42 15:29. to come to, arrive: Lk 12:37 17:7, Ac 24:7, R, mg. (cf. ἀντι-παρέρχομαι ).† SYN.: παραβαίνω.Scroll for more

to reclineI lie down, recline (at a dinner-table), fall back upon (the breast of another person reclining at dinner).ἀνα-πίπτω, [in LXX: Ge 49:9 ( כּרע ) To 2:1 7:8, Jth 12:10, Si 25:18 35 (32):2, Da TH Sus 37 *;] (cl.) to fall back. In late writers = ἀνα-κλίνομαι, to recline for a repast (MM, VGT, s.v.): at table, Lk 11:37 14:10 17:7 22:14, Jo 13:12 21:20; on the ground, Mt 15:35, Mk 6:40 8:6, Jo 6:10; to lean back, Jo 13:25 (T, ἐπιπεσών; v.s. ἀνάκειμαι, ad fin.).† SYN.: ἀνάκειμαι (q.v.), ἀνακλίνομαι.Scroll for more

and

not rather

will … say

unto him

Make ready

wherewith

I may sup

and

gird thyself

and serve

me

till

I have eaten

and

drunken

and

afterward

shalt eat

and

drink

thou

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

ἀλλahl

οὐχὶoo-CHEE

ἐρεῖeh-RAY

αὐτῷow-TOH

Ἑτοίμασονheh-TOY-mah-sohn

τίtee

δειπνήσωday-PNAY-soh

καὶkai

περιζωσάμενοςpeh-ree-zoh-SAH-meh-nohs

διακόνειdee-ah-KOH-nay

μοιmoy

ἕωςHEH-ohs

φάγωFAH-goh

καὶkai

πίωPEE-oh

καὶkai

μετὰmeh-TAH

ταῦταTOW-tah

φάγεσαιFAH-geh-sai

καὶkai

πίεσαιPEE-eh-sai

σύsoo

The Pieces

ἀλλGreek conjunction

οὐχὶGreek negative particle

ἐρεῖGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἙτοίμασονGreek verb

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

δειπνήσωGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

περιζωσάμενοςGreek verb

διακόνειGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

ἕωςGreek preposition

φάγωGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πίωGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

μετὰGreek preposition

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

φάγεσαιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πίεσαιGreek verb

σύGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

not!By no means, not at all.οὐχί, strengthened form of οὐ, not; in neg. sentences, not, not at all: Lk 1:60 12:51, Jo 13:10, al.; more freq. in questions where an affirm. ans. is expected (Lat. nonne ): Mt 5:46, 47, Lk 6:39, Jo 11:9, al.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to make readyI make ready, prepare.ἑτοιμάζω (< ἕτοιμος ), [in LXX chiefly for כּוּן hi. (Hatch, Essays, 51 ff.);] to prepare, make ready; absol., of hospitable preparation: Mk 14:15, Lk 9:52 12:47 22:9, 12; c. inf., Mt 26:17; ἵνα, Mk 14:12; c. acc rei: Mt 22:4 26:19, Mk 14:16, Lk 12:20 17:8 22:8, 13 23:56 24:1, Jo 14:2-3, Phm 22, Re 9:7 16:12; seq. εἰς, II Ti 2:21; of God's ordaining coming events (Dalman, Words, 128); of blessing, Mt 20:23 25:34, Mk 10:40, Lk 2:31, I Co 2:9, He 11:16, Re 12:6; of judgment, Mt 25:41; of preparation for the Messiah, τ. ὁδὸν κυρίου, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 1:76 3:4 (LXX); c. acc pers.: Lk 1:17, Ac 23:23, Re 19:7, seq. ἵνα, Re 8:6; εἰς, II Ti 2:21, Re 9:7, 15 21:2.†Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

to dineI dine, sup, eat.δειπνέω, -ῶ (< δεῖπνον, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 23:1 ( לחם ), To 7:8 8:1, Da LXX 11:27 *;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: Lk 17:8 22:20 (WH, br., R, mg. omits), I Co 11:25; metaph., Re 3:20.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to girdI gird round; mid: I gird myself, generally for active work or travel.περι-ζώννυμι and -ύω (v. Veitch, s.v.) [in LXX chiefly for חגר, also for אזר, etc.;] to gird (c. dupl. acc., as ὁ περιζωννύων με δύναμιν, Ps 17 (18):32 ): pass., αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι, Lk 12:35; π. ζώνην χρυσῆν, Re 1:13 15:6 (but v. infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Lk 12:37 17:8 (and so perh. Re 1:13 15:6 supr., cf. I Ki 2:4 ); c. acc. rei (fig.), τ. ὀσφύν, Eph 6:14 (seq. ἐν, cf. I Ch 15:27 ).†Scroll for more

to serveI wait at table (particularly of a slave who waits on guests); I serve (generally).* διακονέω, ῶ (< δίακονος ); generally, to minister, serve, wait upon, especially at table, to do one a service, care for one's needs: absol., Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45, Lk 10:40 22:26, 27, Jo 12:2, I Pe 4:11; ὅσα διηκόνησεν, II Ti 1:18; c. dat. pers., Mt 4:11 8:15 25:44 27:55, Mk 1:13, 31 15:41, Lk 4:39 8:3 12:37 17:8, Jo 12:26, Ac 6:2 19:22, Ro 15:25, Phm 13, He 6:10. to serve as deacon: I Ti 3:10, 13. C. acc. rei, to minister, supply, supply by ministration: I Pe 1:12 4:10; pass., II Co 3:3 8:19, 20.† SYN.: λειτουργέω, q.v. (Cremer, 179).Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

to eatI eat, partake of food; met: I devour, consume (e.g. as rust does); used only in fut. and 2nd aor. tenses.φάγομαι Hellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, v.s. ἐσθίω.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to drinkI drink, imbibe.πίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁתה;] to drink: absol., Lk 2:19, Jo 4:7, al.; c. acc. rei, Mt 6:25, 31, Mk 14:25, al.; of habitual use, Lk 1:15, Ro 14:21, al.; by meton., τὸ ποτήριον, I Co 10:21, al.; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt., al.), He 6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 6:53, 54, 56; seq. ἐκ (of the vessel), Mt 26:27, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt 26:29, Jo 4:13, 14, Re 14:10, al.; ἀπό, Lk 22:18 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Lk 17:8, v. Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to eatI eat, partake of food; met: I devour, consume (e.g. as rust does); used only in fut. and 2nd aor. tenses.φάγομαι Hellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, v.s. ἐσθίω.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to drinkI drink, imbibe.πίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁתה;] to drink: absol., Lk 2:19, Jo 4:7, al.; c. acc. rei, Mt 6:25, 31, Mk 14:25, al.; of habitual use, Lk 1:15, Ro 14:21, al.; by meton., τὸ ποτήριον, I Co 10:21, al.; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt., al.), He 6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 6:53, 54, 56; seq. ἐκ (of the vessel), Mt 26:27, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt 26:29, Jo 4:13, 14, Re 14:10, al.; ἀπό, Lk 22:18 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Lk 17:8, v. Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).Scroll for more

youYou.σύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

The ASV does not translate this word.

Doth he thank

the

servant

because

he did

the things

that were commanded

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

μὴmay

ἔχειEH-chay

χάρινCHAH-reen

τῷtoh

δούλῳDOO-loh

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐποίησενeh-POY-ay-sen

τὰtah

διαταχθένταdee-ah-tah-CHTHEN-tah

The Pieces

μὴGreek negative particle

ἔχειGreek verb

χάρινGreek noun, feminine

τῷGreek article

δούλῳGreek noun

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐποίησενGreek verb

τὰGreek article

διαταχθένταGreek verb

What It Can Mean

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

grace(a) grace, as a gift or blessing brought to man by Jesus Christ, (b) favor, (c) gratitude, thanks, (d) a favor, kindness.χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., acc., χάριν ( χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157), [in LXX chiefly for חֵן;] objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22. Subjectively, on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1:30, Ac 14:26, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, al.; opp. to ὀφείλημα, Ro 4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Ro 11:6; on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Ro 6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Lk 17:9, I Ti 1:12, al. Objectively, of the effect of grace, a state of grace: Ro 5:2, II Ti 2:1, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 3:18; a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour ): Jo 1:16, Ac 6:8, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:10, II Co 9:8, Ga 2:9, Eph 3:2, I Pe 5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, v. AR, Eph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

slave(a) (as adj.) enslaved, (b) (as noun) a (male) slave.δοῦλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ἡ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה,אָמָה;] in bondage to, subject to: Ro 6:19. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave; fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Lk 1:38, 48, Ac 2:18 (LXX); masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bondman: Mt 8:9 18:23, al.; opp. to ἐλεύθερος, I Co 7:22 12:13, Ga 3:28, Eph 6:8, Col 3:11, Re 6:15 13:16 19:18; opp. to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 10:24 13:27, 28, Lk 12:46, Jo 15:15, Eph 6:5, Col 3:22 4:1, al.; metaph., δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Ro 1:1, I Co 7:22, Ga 1:10, Eph 6:6, Phl 1:1, Col 4:12, Ja 1:1, II Pe 1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Ac 16:17, II Ti 2:24, Tit 1:1, I Pe 2:16, Re 7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mt 18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Lk 17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jo 8:34, Ro 6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, II Pe 2:19. SYN.: διάκονος (q.v.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (v. DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702).Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to directI give orders to, prescribe, arrange.δια-τάσσω [in LXX for שׂים, שׁמר, etc.;] to charge, give orders to, appoint, arrange, ordain: c. dat., Mt 11:1, I Co 9:14 16:1; seq. inf., Lk 8:55, Ac 18:2. Mid., I Co 7:17, Ac 20:13; c. acc, I Co 11:34; c. dat, Tit 1:5; seq. inf., Ac 7:44 24:23. Pass., τὸ διατεταγμένον, Lk 3:13, Ac 23:31; τὰ διαταχθέντα, Lk 17:9, 10; διαταγείς, Ga 3:19.†Scroll for more

Even so

also

ye

when

ye shall have done

all

the things

that are commanded

you

say

The ASV does not translate this word.

servants

unprofitable

We are

that which

it was our duty

to do

we have done

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

καὶkai

ὑμεῖςhoo-MAYS

ὅτανHOH-tahn

ποιήσητεpoy-AY-say-teh

πάνταPAHN-tah

τὰtah

διαταχθένταdee-ah-tah-CHTHEN-tah

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

λέγετεLEH-geh-teh

ὅτιHOH-tee

ΔοῦλοιDOO-loy

ἀχρεῖοίah-CHRAY-oy

ἐσμενeh-smen

ὃhoh

ὠφείλομενoh-FAY-loh-men

ποιῆσαιpoy-AY-sai

πεποιήκαμενpeh-poy-AY-kah-men

The Pieces

οὕτωςGreek adverb

καὶGreek conjunction

ὑμεῖςGreek pronoun

ὅτανGreek conjunction

ποιήσητεGreek verb

πάνταGreek adjective

τὰGreek article

διαταχθένταGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

λέγετεGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΔοῦλοιGreek noun

ἀχρεῖοίGreek adjective

ἐσμενGreek verb

ὃGreek relative pronoun

ὠφείλομενGreek verb

ποιῆσαιGreek verb

πεποιήκαμενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to directI give orders to, prescribe, arrange.δια-τάσσω [in LXX for שׂים, שׁמר, etc.;] to charge, give orders to, appoint, arrange, ordain: c. dat., Mt 11:1, I Co 9:14 16:1; seq. inf., Lk 8:55, Ac 18:2. Mid., I Co 7:17, Ac 20:13; c. acc, I Co 11:34; c. dat, Tit 1:5; seq. inf., Ac 7:44 24:23. Pass., τὸ διατεταγμένον, Lk 3:13, Ac 23:31; τὰ διαταχθέντα, Lk 17:9, 10; διαταγείς, Ga 3:19.†Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

slave(a) (as adj.) enslaved, (b) (as noun) a (male) slave.δοῦλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ἡ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה,אָמָה;] in bondage to, subject to: Ro 6:19. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave; fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Lk 1:38, 48, Ac 2:18 (LXX); masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bondman: Mt 8:9 18:23, al.; opp. to ἐλεύθερος, I Co 7:22 12:13, Ga 3:28, Eph 6:8, Col 3:11, Re 6:15 13:16 19:18; opp. to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 10:24 13:27, 28, Lk 12:46, Jo 15:15, Eph 6:5, Col 3:22 4:1, al.; metaph., δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Ro 1:1, I Co 7:22, Ga 1:10, Eph 6:6, Phl 1:1, Col 4:12, Ja 1:1, II Pe 1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Ac 16:17, II Ti 2:24, Tit 1:1, I Pe 2:16, Re 7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mt 18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Lk 17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jo 8:34, Ro 6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, II Pe 2:19. SYN.: διάκονος (q.v.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (v. DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702).Scroll for more

worthlessUnprofitable, useless, unworthy.ἀ-χρεῖος, -ον (< χρεῖος, useful ), [in LXX: II Ki 6:22 ( שָׁפָל ), Ep. Je 17 *;] useless, unprofitable: Mt 25:30, Lk 17:10 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

we areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to oweI owe, ought.ὀφείλω, [in LXX: De 15:2, Is 24:2 ( נשׁה, נשׁא ), Ez 18:7 ( חוב ), Wi 12:15, 20, al.;] to owe, be a debtor: c. acc. rei, Mt 18:28, Lk 7:41 16:7, Phm 18; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 18:28, Lk 16:5. Pass., to be owed, to be due: τ. ὀφειλόμενον, Mt 18:30, 34. Metaph.: absol. (= Rabbinic חַיָּב; v. McNeile, in l.), Mt 23:16, 18; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Ro 13:8; c. inf., to be bound or obliged to do (of. Westc., Epp. Jo., 50), Lk 17:10, Jo 13:14 19:7, Ac 17:29, Ro 15:1, 27, I Co 5:10 7:36 9:10 11:7, 10, II Co 12:14, Eph 5:28, II Th 1:3 2:13, He 2:17 5:3, 12, I Jn 2:6 3:16 4:11, III Jn 8; ὤφειλον συνίστασθαι, I ought to have been commended, II Co 12:11. In peculiar Aram. sense of having wronged one (v.s. ὀφείλημα; but of. also Inscr. ἁμαρτίαν ὀφείλω, Deiss., BS, 225), c. dat. pers., Lk 11:4 (cf. προσ-οφείλω ).†Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

And

it came to pass

as

The ASV does not translate this word.

they were on the way

to

Jerusalem

that

he

was passing

along

the borders

of Samaria

and

Galilee

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Καὶkai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἐνen

τῷtoh

πορεύεσθαιpoh-RYOO-eh-sthai

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλὴμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

καὶkai

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

διήρχετοdee-AYR-cheh-toh

διὰdee-AH

μέσονMEH-sohn

Σαμαρείαςsah-mah-RAY-ahs

καὶkai

Γαλιλαίαςgah-lee-LAI-ahs

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

πορεύεσθαιGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλὴμname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

διήρχετοGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

μέσονGreek adjective

Σαμαρείαςname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

Γαλιλαίας

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to pass throughI pass through, spread (as a report).δι-έρχομαι [in LXX for אבר, הלךְ, בּוֹא, etc.;] to go through, pass through; of things: Mt 19:24, Mk 10:25, Lk 2:35, al.; of persons: Lk 19:4; c. acc loc., Lk 19:1, He 4:14, Ac 12:10; seq. διά, c. gen. loc., Mt 12:43, I Co 10:1; seq. εἰς, Mk 4:35; ἕως, Lk 2:15. to go about: Lk 9:6, Ac 20:25; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc.), Lk 5:15.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

midstMiddle, in the middle, between, in the midst of.μέσος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for תָּוֶךְ;] middle, in the middle or midst; prop., as an adj.: Lk 23:45, Jo 19:18, Ac 1:18; c. gen. pl., Lk 22:55, Jo 1:26; gen. temp. (Bl., § 36, 13), μέσης νυκτός, Mt 25:6; μ. ἡμέρας, Ac 26:13. In adverbial phrases, neut., μέσον, τὸ μ., as subst.: ἀνὰ μέσον, c. gen., between (cl.; in LXX: Ge 1:4, al.), elliptically (but v. M, Pr., 99), I Co 6:5; = ἐν μ., among, in the midst of (Bl., § 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in LXX: Jos 19:1, Si 27:2 ), Mt 13:25, Mk 7:31, Re 7:17; διὰ μέσου, c. gen., Lk 4:30; διὰ μέσον (Rec. -ου, v. Bl., § 42, 1), between, Lk 17:11 ( ICC, in l.); εἰς τὸ μ. (v.s. εἰς ), Mk 3:3, Lk 4:35 5:19 6:8, Jo 20:19, 26; εἰς μ., Mk 14:60; ἐν τῷ μ., Mt 14:6; ἐν μ., Jos 8:[3, 9], Ac 4:7; c, gen. loc., Mk 6:47, Lk 21:21 22:55, Ac 17:22, He 2:12 (LXX), Re 4:6 5:6 22:2. c. gen. pl., Mt 10:16 18:2, 20, Mk 9:36, Lk 2:46 8:7 10:3 22:27 24:36, Ac 1:15 2:22 27:21, I Th 2:7, Re 1:13 2:1 5:6 6:6; κατὰ μέσον τ. νυκτός, Ac 27:27 (Bl., § 47, 6); ἐκ τοῦ μ. (Lft., in l.; Deiss., BS, 252 f.), Col 2:14; ἐκ μ., II Th 2:7; ἐκ τοῦ μ., c. gen., Mt 13:49, Ac 17:33 23:10, I Co 5:2, II Co 6:17. Neut., μέσον, adverbially, c. gen., in the midst of, Mt 14:24 (WH, txt., R, mg., aliter), Phl 2:15 ( διὰ μέσου —v. supr.—also Jo 8:50, R, mg.).†Scroll for more

SamariaSamaria, a small district of Palestine, bounded by Galilee on the north, and by Judaea on the south, and taking its name from the city of Samaria, the ancient capital of the kingdom of (northern) Israel.Σαμαρία (Rec. -άρεια ), -ας, ἡ (Heb. שֹׁמְרוֹן; Aram. שָׁמְרַיִן ), Samaria; the city: Ac 8:5 (and perhaps also 9, 14 ); the region: Lk 17:11, Jo 4:4, 5, 7, Ac 1:8 8:1 (and perhaps also 8:9, 14 ) 9:31 15:3.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

See the dictionary entry below.Galilee, a district towards the southern end of the Roman province Syria; the northern division of Palestine.Γαλιλαία, -ας, ἡ (Heb. הַגָּלִיל, the circle, district ), Galilee, the name of the northern region of Palestine in NT times: Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, Mt 4:15 (LXX); θάλασσα τῆς Γ., Mt 15:29 (cf. Jo 6:1 ).Scroll for more

And

as … entered

he

into

a certain

village

there met

him

ten

that were lepers

men

who

stood

afar off

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

καὶkai

εἰσερχομένουay-sehr-choh-MEH-noo

αὐτοῦow-TOO

εἴςays

τιναtee-nah

κώμηνKOH-mayn

ἀπήντησανah-PAYN-tay-sahn

αὐτῷow-TOH

δέκαDEH-kah

λεπροὶleh-PROY

ἄνδρεςAHN-dres

οἳhoy

ἔστησανEH-stay-sahn

πόρρωθενPOH-roh-then

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰσερχομένουGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

εἴςGreek preposition

τιναGreek indefinite pronoun

κώμηνGreek noun, feminine

ἀπήντησανGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

δέκαGreek adjective

λεπροὶGreek adjective

ἄνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

οἳGreek relative pronoun

ἔστησανGreek verb

πόρρωθενGreek adverb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

villageA village, country town.κώμη, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX for בַּת, חָצֵר, עִיר, etc.;] a village or country town, prop, as opp. to a walled city: Mt 14:15, Mk 6:6, al.; πόλεις καὶ κ., Mt 9:35, al.; with the name added, Βηθλεέμ, Jo 7:42; Βηθανΐα, Jo 11:1; with the name of the district, τὰς κ. Καισαρίας, Mk 8:27; Σαμαρειτῶν, Lk 9:52, Ac 8:25.Scroll for more

to meetI go to meet, meet, encounter.ἀπαντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for פּגע;] to go to meet. to meet; c. dat.: Mk 14:13, Lk 17:12 (WH, mg., ὑπ-; in Rec. freq. as v.1. for ὑπ-, q.v.).†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

tenTen.δέκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, ten: Mt 20:24, al.; θλίψις ἡμερῶν δ., i.e. of brief duration: Re 2:10.†Scroll for more

leprousA leprous person, a leper.λεπρός, -ά, -όν (< λεπίς ), [in LXX for צָרוּעַ, מְצֹרָע;] (in cl.) scaly, rough. leprous; chiefly as subst., ὁ λ., a leper: Mt 8:2 10:8 11:5, Mk 1:40, Lk 4:27 7:22 17:12; of Simon, formerly a leper, Mt 26:6, Mk 14:3.†Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

afar offFrom afar, far off, from a distance.πόρρωθεν, adv. (< τόρρω, q.v.), [in LXX for מֵרָחוֹק and cogn. forms;] from afar: Lk 17:12, He 11:13.†Scroll for more

and

they

lifted up

their voices

saying

Jesus

Master

have mercy on

us

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

καὶkai

αὐτοὶow-TOY

ἦρανAY-rahn

φωνὴνfoh-NAYN

λέγοντεςLEH-gohn-tes

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

ἐπιστάταeh-pee-STAH-tah

ἐλέησονeh-LEH-ay-sohn

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτοὶGreek pronoun

ἦρανGreek verb

φωνὴν

λέγοντεςGreek verb

Ἰησοῦname of a person

ἐπιστάταGreek noun, masculine

ἐλέησονGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to take upI raise, lift up, take away, remove.αἴρω, [in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc.;] to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jo 8:59 11:41, Ac 27:17, al. to bear, carry: Mt 4:6 16:24, al. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 21:21, Jo 19:31, I Co 5:12 6:15 (v. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jo 1:29, I Jo 3:5. (Cf. ἀπ’, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω ). For exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

masterMaster, teacher, chief, commander.ἐπιστάτης, -ου, ό (< ἐφίστημι ), [in LXX: IV Ki 25:19, Je 36(29):26 52:25 ( פָּקִיד ), II Ch 31:12 ( נָגִיד ), II Mac 5:22, etc.;] a chief, commander, master: Lk 5:5 8:24, 45 9:33, 49 17:13 (cf. Dalman, Words, 336 ff.).†Scroll for more

to have mercyI pity, have mercy on.ἐλεέω (in Ro 9:16, Ju 22, -άω, q.v.), -ῶ (< ἔλεος ), [in LXX (Hex, Pss, Pr) chiefly for חָנַן, also freq. in Proph. for רָחַם, etc.;] to have pity or mercy on, to show mercy: absol., Ro 9:16 12:8; c. acc, Mt 9:27 15:22 17:15 18:33 20:30, 31, Mk 5:19 10:47, 48, Lk 16:24 17:13 18:38, 39, Ro 9:15, 18 11:32, Phl 2:27, Ju 22. Pass., to have pity or mercy shown one (EV, obtain mercy): Mt 5:7, Ro 11:30, 31, I Co 7:25, II Co 4:1, I Ti 1:13, 16, I Pe 2:10.† SYN.: οἰκτείρω (v. Tr., Syn., § xlvii; Thayer, s.v. ἐλεέω; Cremer, 249).Scroll for more

usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

And

when he saw them

he said

unto them

Go

and show

yourselves

unto the

priests

And

it came to pass

as

The ASV does not translate this word.

went

they

they were cleansed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

ἰδὼνee-DOHN

εἶπενAY-pen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

Πορευθέντεςpoh-ryoo-THEN-tes

ἐπιδείξατεeh-pee-DAY-ksah-teh

ἑαυτοὺςheh-ow-TOOS

τοῖςtoys

ἱερεῦσινhee-eh-RYOO-seen

καὶkai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ὑπάγεινhoo-PAH-gayn

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

ἐκαθαρίσθησανeh-kah-thah-REE-sthay-sahn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἰδὼν

εἶπενGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ΠορευθέντεςGreek verb

ἐπιδείξατεGreek verb

ἑαυτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

τοῖςGreek article

ἱερεῦσινGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ὑπάγεινGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἐκαθαρίσθησανGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

to show/proveI show, display, point out, indicate; I prove, demonstrate.ἐπι-δείκνυμι [in LXX: Pr 12:17 ( פּוּחַ hi.), Is 37:26 ( בּוֹא hi.), Ep. Jer 59, II Mac 15:32, al;] to show, exhibit, display: c. acc et dat., Mt 16:1 22:19 24:1, Lk 17:14. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own (but cf. Bl., § 55, 1): Ac 9:39. to show, point out, prove: c. acc, He 6:17; c. acc et inf., Ac 18:28 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

priestA priest, one who offers sacrifice to a god (in Jewish and pagan religions; of Christians only met.).ἱερεύς, -έως, ὁ (< ἱερός ), [in LXX for כָּהֵן;] a priest: ἱ. τ. Διός, Ac 14:13; of Jewish priests, Mt 8:4 12:4, 5, Mk 1:44 2:26, Lk 1:5 5:14, Jo 1:19, He 8:4, al.; of Christ, He 5:6 (LXX) He 10:21; of Christians, Re 1:6 5:10 20:6 (Cremer, 293; on the acc. pl., ἱερεῖς, v. Thack., Gr., 147 f.; Bl., § 8, 2).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to goI go away, depart, begone, die.ὑπ-άγω [in LXX: Ex 14:21 ( הָלַךְ hi.), elsewhere only as v.l., To 8:21, al.;] a word of the vulgar language, in Pres. and impf. only (Bl., § 53, 1). Trans. to lead or bring under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al.; Ex, l.c.. to lead on slowly (Hdt., Xen., al.). Intrans., to go slowly away, withdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl.; Thuc., Eur., al.): absol., Mt 8:32 13:44, Mk 6:33, Lk 8:42 17:14, Jo 6:67 8:2 11:44 14:5, 28 18:8; οἱ ἐρχόμενοι κ. οἱ ὑπάγοντες, Mk 6:31; ὑπῆγον κ. ἐπίστευον, Jo 12:11; ἵνα ὑπαγῆτε κ. καρπὸν ψέρητε, Jo 15:16; opp. to ἔρχεσθαι, Jo 3:8 8:14; imperat., ὕπαγε, Mt 4:10 8:13 20:14, Mk 2:9 T, 7:29 10:52; εἰς εἰρήνην ( ἐν εἰ. ), Mk 5:34, Ja 2:16; id. prefixed to another imperat. (Bl., § 79, 4), Mt 5:34 8:4 18:15 19:21 21:28 27:65 28:10, Mk 1:44 10:21 16:7, Jo 4:16 9:7, Re 10:8; with καί inserted, Re 16:1; euphemistically, of death, Mt 26:24, Mk 14:21; c. adv.: ποῦ (q.v.), Jo 12:35 14:5 16:5, I Jn 2:11; ὅπου (q.v.), Jo 8:21, 22 13:33, 36 14:4, Re 14:4; ἐκεῖ, Jo 11:8; c. prep.: πρός, Jo 7:33 13:3 16:5, 10, 17; εἰς, Mt 9:6 20:4, 7, Mk 2:11 11:2 14:13, Lk 19:30, Jo 6:21 7:3 9:11 11:31, Re 13:10 17:8, 11; εἰς... πρός, Mt 26:18, Mk 5:19; ἐπί, Lk 12:58; μετά, Mt 5:41; ὀπίσω, Mt 16:23, Mk 8:33; c. inf., Jo 21:3.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to cleanI cleanse, make clean, literally, ceremonially, or spiritually, according to context.† καθαρίζω (Hellenistic-FlJ, Inscr.-for Attic καθαίρω, q.v., on the vulgar -ερ-, Mt 8:3, Mk 1:42, v. Bl., § 6, 1; Thackeray, Gr., 74), [in LXX chiefly for טָהֵר;] to cleanse, make clean. In physical sense: c. acc. rei, fig., Mt 23:25, 26, Lk 11:39; of disease (leprosy), c. acc. pers., Mt 8:2, 3 10:8 11:5, Mk 1:40-42, Lk 4:27 5:12, 13 7:22 17:14, 17; ἡ λέπρα ἐκαθερίσθη (on the spelling v. supr.), Mt 8:3. In ethical sense: τ. καρδίας, Ac 15:9 (cf. Si 38:10 ); τ. χεῖρας, Ja 4:8; λαὸν ἑαυτῷ, Tit 2:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν, Eph 5:26; c. acc. pers. (rei), seq. ἀπό (Bl., § 36, 9; Deiss., BS, 216 f.), II Co 7:1, He 9:14, I Jn 1:7, 9. In ceremonial sense: Mk 7:19, Ac 10:15 11:9, He 9:22, 23 10:2 (cf. δια-καθαρίζω ).†Scroll for more

one

And

of

them

when he saw

that

he was healed

turned back

with

a … voice

loud

glorifying

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

εἷςhays

δὲdeh

ἐξeks

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἰδὼνee-DOHN

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἰάθηee-AH-thay

ὑπέστρεψενhoo-PEH-streh-psen

μετὰmeh-TAH

φωνῆςfoh-NAYS

μεγάληςmeh-GAH-lays

δοξάζωνdoh-KSAH-zohn

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

The Pieces

εἷςGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐξGreek preposition

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἰδὼν

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἰάθηGreek verb

ὑπέστρεψενGreek verb

μετὰGreek preposition

φωνῆς

μεγάληςGreek adjective

δοξάζωνGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

What It Can Mean

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

to healI heal, generally of the physical, sometimes of spiritual, disease.ἰάομαι, -ῶμαι, [in LXX for רפא ( Ge 20:17, al.), exc. Is 30:26 61:1 ( חבשׁ );] to heal: c. acc. pers., Lk 5:17 6:19 9:2, 11, 42 14:4 22:51, Jo 4:47, Ac 9:34 10:38 28:8; pass., Mt 8:8, 13 15:28, Lk 7:7 8:47 17:15, Jo 5:13; id. seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:29, Lk 6:17; fig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40, Ac 28:27 (LXX); pass., He 12:13, Ja 5:16, I Pe 2:24.† SYN.: θεραπεύω, q.v.Scroll for more

to returnI turn back, return.ὑπο-στρέφω [in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ], trans., to turn back or about (Hom.). Intrans., to turn back, return: Lk 2:20, 43 8:37, 40 9:10 10:17 17:15 19:12 23:48, 56, Ac 8:28; c. inf., Lk 17:18; seq.. διά, Ac 20:3; εἰς, Lk 1:56 2:45 4:14 7:10 8:39 11:24 24:33, 52, Ac 1:12 8:25 13:13, 34 14:21 21:6 22:17 23:32, Ga 1:17; ἀπό, Lk 4:1 24:9, He 7:1; ἐκ, Ac 12:25, II Pe 2:21.†Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

greatLarge, great, in the widest sense.μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, [in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for רַב, מַרְבֶּה (incl. μείζων ), רֹב ( μέγιστος );] great; of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mt 2:60; δράκων, Re 12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jo 21:11; πόλις, Re 11:8; μάχαιρα, Re 6:4, al. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Ac 4:33; φόβος, Mk 4:41; ἀγάπη, Jo 15:13; ἄνεμος, Jo 6:18; κραυγή, Ac 23:9; φῶς, Mt 4:16; πυρετός, Lk 4:38; θλίψις, Mt 24:21. Of rank; of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit 2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Ac 19:27; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mt 12:6; of things: ἁμαρτία, Jo 19:11; μυστήριον, Eph 5:32; = μεγίστη (v. infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), I Co 13:13. Compar., μείζων: Mt 11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jo 1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., § 11, 4), III Jo 4; superl., μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), II Pe 1:4.Scroll for more

to glorifyI glorify, honor, bestow glory on.δοξάζω (< δόξα ), [in LXX chiefly for כּבד ni., pi., also for פּאר, etc.;] to think, suppose, hold an opinion (Æsch., Plat., al.). To bestow δόξα (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc., iii, 45; Plut., al.): c. acc, Mt 5:16, Mk 2:12, Jo 8:54, Ro 15:6, I Pe 2:12, al.; id. seq. ἐπί Lk 2:20; ἐν, Ga 1:24, I Pe 4:16. In LXX and NT (v.s. δόξα, 3), to clothe with splendour, glorify ( Ex 34:29, 30, Ps 36 (37):20, Is 44:23, Es 3:1, al): Ro 8:30, II Co 3:10, II Th 3:1, I Pe 1:8, al.; of Christ, Jo 7:39 8:54, al. (on the Johannine use, v. Cremer, 211; Westc., Jo., Intr.); of the Father, Jo 13:31, 32, I Pe 4:11, al. (cf. ἐν-, συν-δοξάζω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

and

he fell

upon

his face

at

The ASV does not translate this word.

feet

his

giving … thanks

him

and

he

was

a Samaritan

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

καὶkai

ἔπεσενEH-peh-sen

ἐπὶeh-PEE

πρόσωπονPROH-soh-pohn

παρὰpah-RAH

τοὺςtoos

πόδαςPOH-dahs

αὐτοῦow-TOO

εὐχαριστῶνyoo-chah-ree-STOHN

αὐτῷow-TOH

καὶkai

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

ἦνayn

Σαμαρίτηςsah-mah-REE-tays

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔπεσενGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

πρόσωπονGreek noun, neuter

παρὰGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

πόδαςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

εὐχαριστῶνGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

ἦνGreek verb

Σαμαρίτηςname of a people of a place

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to collapseI fall, fall under (as under condemnation), fall prostrate.πίπτω, [in LXX chiefly for נפל;] to fall; of descent, to fall, fall down or from: seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 10:29, al.; εἰς, Mt 15:14, al.; ἐς μέσῳ, c. gen., Lk 8:7; παρὰ τ. ὁδόν, Mt 13:4, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5; seq. ἀπό, Mt 15:27, al.; ἐκ, Mk 13:25, Lk 10:18, Re 8:10 9:1. Metaph.: ὁ ἥλιος, seq. ἐπί, Re 7:16; ἀχλὺς κ. σκότος, Ac 13:11; ὁ κλῆρος, Ac 1:26; ὑπὸ κρίσιν, Ja 5:12. Of prostration, of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself: χαμαί, Jo 18:6; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 17:6, Ac 9:4; id. c. gen., Mk 9:20; πρὸς τ. πόδας, Ac 5:10, Re 1:17; πεσὼν ἐξέψυξε, Ac 5:5; of supplication, homage or worship: πρὸς ( παρὰ, ἐπὶ ) τ. πὸδας, Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, Ac 10:25, al.; π. καὶ προσκυνεῖν, Re 5:14 19:4; ptcp. c. προσκυνεῖν, Mt 2:11, al.; ἐνώπιον, Re 4:10 5:8; ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, Mt 26:39, al.; of things, to fall, fall down: Mt 21:44, Lk 23:30; of falling to ruin and destruction, Mt 7:25, Ac 15:16, He 11:30; ἔπεσε (timeless aorist; M, Pr.,134), Re 18:2. Metaph.: Ro 11:11; πόθεν πέπτωκας, Re 2:5; opp. to ἑστάναι, I Co 10:12; to στήκειν, Ro 14:4; of virtues, I Co 13:8; of precepts, Lk 16:17. (Cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, συν-πίπτω.)Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

faceThe face, countenance, surface.πρόσωπον, -ου, τό (< πρός, ὤψ ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for פָּנִים;] prop., of persons (so always in cl.); the face, countenance: Mt 6:16, 17, Mk 14:65, Lk 9:29, II Co 3:7, Re 4:7, al.; τὸ π. τῆς γενέσεως (EV, natural face ), Ja 1:23; πίπτειν ἐπὶ ( τὰ ) π., Mt 17:6, Lk 5:12, Re 7:11, al.; ἀγνοούμενος τῷ π., Ga 1:22; π., οὐ καρδίᾳ, I Th 2:17; κατὰ πρόσωπον ( in front, facing: Thuc., Xen., al.), when present, face to face, Ac 25:16, II Co 10:1, 7, Ga 2:11; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in the presence of (not cl.; v. Bl., § 40, 9; M, Pr., 99 f.; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.), Lk 2:31, Ac 3:13; similarly ἀπὸ π. (Heb. מִלִּפְּנֵי; v. Dalman, Words, 29), from the presence of, Ac 3:19 5:41 7:45, II Th 1:9, Re 12:14 20:11; πρὸ π. (Heb. לִפְנֵי ), before, Mt 11:10, Mk 1:2, Lk 7:27 (LXX), al.; in other phrases resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), βλέπειν ( ὁρᾶν, θεωρεῖν, ἰδεῖν ) τὸ π., to see one's face, i.e. see him in person, Mt 18:10, Ac 20:25, 38, I Th 3:10, Re 22:4; ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, He 9:24; ἐν π. Χριστοῦ, II Co 2:10 4:6; μετὰ τοῦ π. σου, with thy presence, Ac 2:28 (LXX); εἰς π. τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, II Co 8:24; στηρίζειν τὸ π. (Heb. שׂוּם פָּנִים: Je 21:10, al.; v. Dalman, Words, 30), c. inf., to set one's face towards, Lk 9:51; similarly, τὸ π. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον ( op. cit., 31), Lk 9:53; τὸ π. τοῦ κυρίου ἐπί, I Pe 3:12 (LXX); form, person: καυχᾶσθαι ἐν π. καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ, II Co 5:12 (cf. I Ki 16:7 ); metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to appearance, external condition or circumstances ( נשָׂאָ probably misspelled נָשָׂא פָּנִים; v. Dalman, Words, 30; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.): λαμβάνειν π., Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; βλέπειν εἰς π., Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14; θαυμάζειν πρόσωπα, Ju 16. Of things (cf. Dalman, Words, 30); face, appearance ( Ps 103 (104):30 ): Mt 16:3 (WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 12:56, Ja 1:11; surface ( Ge 2:6 ): Lk 21:35, Ac 17:26.Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

footThe foot.πούς, ποδός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;] a foot, both of men and beasts: Mt 4:6 (LXX), Mk 9:45, Lk 1:79, Jo 11:44, Ac 7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Ro 16:20, I Co 15:25, 27, Eph 1:22, He 2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mt 22:44 (LXX); πρὸς ( παρὰ ) τοὺς π., Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, al.; fig., Mt 15:30, Lk 10:39, Ac 5:2, al.; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν π., Re 3:9 19:10, al.; ἐπὶ τοὺς π., Ac 10:25. By meton., of a person in motion ( Ps 118 (119):101 ): Lk 1:79, Ac 5:9, Ro 3:15 10:15, He 12:13.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to thankI thank, give thanks; pass. 3 sing: is received with thanks.** εὐχαριστέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Jth 8:25 Wi 18:2, II Mac 1:11 10:7 A II Mac 12:31 R, III Mac 7:16 *;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late writers and Inscr.; cf. Milligan, Th., 5; Ellic. on Col 1:12; Lft., Notes, 9): Ro 1:21, I Co 14:17, I Th 5:18; of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15:36 26:27, Mk 8:6 14:23, Lk 22:17, 19, Jo 6:11, 23, I Co 11:24; c. dat. pens., τ. θεῷ, Lk 17:16, Ac 27:35 28:15, Ro 14:6 16:4, I Co 14:18, Phl 1:3, Col 1:3, 12, Phm 4; seq. διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 1:8 7:25, R, WH, mg., Col 3:17; ἐν ὀνόματι Χρ., Eph 5:20; seq. περί, I Th 1:2, II Th 1:3; ὅτι, Ro 1:8, II Th 2:13; ἐπι, c. dat. rei, I Co 1:4; ὐπέρ, I Co 10:30, Eph 1:16 5:20; ὅτι, Lk 18:11, Jo 11:41, I Co 1:14, I Th 2:13, Re 11:17; pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), II Co 1:11.† SYN.: v.s. αἰνέω; and cf. Cremer, 903 fScroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

SamaritanA Samaritan.Σαμαρείτης ( -ίτης, Τ; v. WH, App., 154; Bl., § 3, 4), -ου, ό, a Samaritan, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or the region of Samaria, in NT always the latter (v.s. Σαμαρία ): Mt 10:5, Lk 9:52 10:33 17:16, Jo 4:9, 39, 40, Ac 8:25; as an opprobrious epithet, Jo 8:48.†Scroll for more

answering

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

said

not

the

ten

Were … cleansed

the

but

nine

where are

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ἀποκριθεὶςah-poh-kree-THAYS

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

εἶπενAY-pen

Οὐχὶoo-CHEE

οἱhoy

δέκαDEH-kah

ἐκαθαρίσθησανeh-kah-thah-REE-sthay-sahn

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἐννέαeh-NEH-ah

ποῦpoo

The Pieces

ἀποκριθεὶςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

εἶπενGreek verb

ΟὐχὶGreek negative particle

οἱGreek article

δέκαGreek adjective

ἐκαθαρίσθησανGreek verb

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐννέαGreek adjective

ποῦGreek interrogative adverb

What It Can Mean

to answerI answer, reply, take up the conversation.ἀπο-κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ענה;] in cl., to separate, distinguish. to choose. Mid., to answer: Mt 27:12, Mk 14:61, Lk 3:16 23:9, Jo 5:17, 19, Ac 3:12. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and pass. forms are the more freq. in NT (M, Pr., 39, 161; MM, s.v.); in general sense: absol., Mk 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 22:46; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:38; seq. πρός, Ac 25:16; Hebraistically like ענה, to begin to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.): Mt 11:25, al., redundant, as in the Heb. phrase וַיַּעַן וַיּאֹמֶר (Dalman, Words, 24 f., 38; M, Pr., 14; Bl., § 58, 4; 74, 2; Cremer, 374): ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε, Mt 4:4; ἔφη, 8:8; λέγει, Mk 3:33; in Jo most freq. ( ἀπεκ. κ. εἶπε, 1:49.Scroll for more